blob: 5d16d77f9f66c9cacecca15ba7c17d63df5164dd [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000672 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
673 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
674 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
675 : SourceRange());
676 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000677 }
678
679 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000698
699 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
700 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
701 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
702 return ExprError();
703
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
705 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
706 // an error.
707 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
708 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
709 << IV->getDeclName());
710 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
711 // same name exists, use the global.
712 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000713 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
714 ClassDeclared != IFace)
715 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000716 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
717 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
718 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
719 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000720 return Owned(new (Context)
721 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
722 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
723 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000724 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000725 }
726 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000727 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
728 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
729 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000731 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
732 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000733 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
734 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000736 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000737 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000738 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000739 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000740 QualType T;
741
742 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
743 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
744 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
745 else
746 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000748 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000749 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000750
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000751 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
752 // argument-dependent lookup.
753 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
754 HasTrailingLParen;
755
756 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000757 // We've seen something of the form
758 //
759 // identifier(
760 //
761 // and we did not find any entity by the name
762 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
763 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
764 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
765 Context.OverloadTy,
766 Loc));
767 }
768
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000769 if (D == 0) {
770 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
771 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000772 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000773 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000774 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000775 else {
776 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
777 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000778 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
780 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000781 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
782 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
784 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000785 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000787 }
788 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000790 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
791 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
792 // not any specific instance's member.
793 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000794 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000795 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000796 QualType DType;
797 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
798 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
799 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
800 DType = Method->getType();
801 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
802 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
803 }
804 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
805 if (!DType.isNull()) {
806 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
807 // dependent.
808 bool Dependent = false;
809 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
810 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
811 if (DC->isRecord()) {
812 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
813 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
814 Dependent = true;
815 break;
816 }
817 }
818 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000819 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000820 }
821 }
822 }
823
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000824 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
825 // (C++ [class.union]).
826 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
827 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
828 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000829
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000830 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
831 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
832 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
833 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
834 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
835 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
836 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
837 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
838 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
839 QualType MemberType;
840 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
841 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
842 MemberType = FD->getType();
843
844 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
845 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
846 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
847 unsigned combinedQualifiers
848 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
849 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
850 }
851 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
852 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
853 Ctx = Method->getParent();
854 MemberType = Method->getType();
855 }
856 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
857 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
858 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
859 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
860 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
861 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
863 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
864 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
865 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
866 break;
867 }
868 }
869 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000870
871 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000872 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
873 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
874 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
875 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
876 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
877 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000878 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000879 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000880 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000881 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000882 }
883 }
884 }
885 }
886
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000887 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000888 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
889 if (MD->isStatic())
890 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
892 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000893 }
894
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000895 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
896 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
897 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000898 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
899 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000900 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000901
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000902 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000903 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000904 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000905 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000906 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000907 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000908
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000910 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000911 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
912 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000913 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
914 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
915 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000916 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000917
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000918 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
919 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
920 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
921 // that overload resolution actually selects.
922 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
923 return ExprError();
924
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000925 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000926 // Warn about constructs like:
927 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
928 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000929 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
930 Scope *CheckS = S;
931 while (CheckS) {
932 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000933 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000934 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000935 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
936 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000937 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000938 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
939 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000940 break;
941 }
942
943 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
944 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
945 if (CheckS)
946 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
947 }
948 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000949 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
950 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
951 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
952 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
953 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
954 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
955 // type.
956 QualType T = Func->getType();
957 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000958 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
959 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000960 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
961 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000962 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000963
964 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
965 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError();
967
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000968 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
969 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
970 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
971 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000972 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000973 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
974 // as they do not get snapshotted.
975 //
976 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000977 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000978 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
979 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000980 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000982 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000983 ExprTy.addConst();
984 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000985 }
986 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
987 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000988
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000989 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000990 bool ValueDependent = false;
991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
992 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
993 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
994 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
995 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
996 TypeDependent = true;
997 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
998 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
999 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1000 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1001 TypeDependent = true;
1002 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1003 // names a dependent type.
1004 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001005 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001006 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1007 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001008 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001009 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1010 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1011 TypeDependent = true;
1012 break;
1013 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001014 }
1015 }
1016 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001017
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001018 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1019 //
1020 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1021 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1022 if (TypeDependent)
1023 ValueDependent = true;
1024 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1025 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1026 ValueDependent = true;
1027 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1028 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1029 // (FIXME!).
1030 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001031
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001032 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1033 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001034}
1035
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1037 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001038 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001040 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001041 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001042 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1043 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1044 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001045 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001046
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001047 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1048 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001049 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001050 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1051 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001052 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1053 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1054 else {
1055 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1056 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1057 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1058 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059
1060
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001061 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001062 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001063 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001064 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001065}
1066
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001067Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001068 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1069 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1070 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1071 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001072
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001073 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1074 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1075 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001077
1078 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1079
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001080 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1081 Literal.isWide(),
1082 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001083}
1084
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1086 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001087 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1088 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001089 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001090 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001091 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001092 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001093 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001094
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001095 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001096 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1097 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001098 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001100 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1101 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001103 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1104 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1105 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001106 return ExprError();
1107
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001108 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001110 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001111 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001112 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001113 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001114 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001115 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001116 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001117 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001118
1119 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1120
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001121 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1122 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001123 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1124 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001126 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001127 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001128 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001130
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001131 // long long is a C99 feature.
1132 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001133 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001134 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1135
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001136 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001137 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001139 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1140 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1141 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1143 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001144 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145 } else {
1146 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1147 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001149 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1150 // be an unsigned int.
1151 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1152
1153 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001155 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1156 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001159 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1160 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1161 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1162 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001163 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001164 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001165 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001166 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001167 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001168 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001170 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001171 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001172 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001174 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1175 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1176 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1177 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001178 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001179 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001180 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001181 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001182 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 }
1184
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001185 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001186 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001187 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001189 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1190 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1191 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1192 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001193 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001194 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001195 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001196 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197 }
1198 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001200 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1201 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001202 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001203 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001204 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001205 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001206 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001208 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1209 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001210 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001211 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001212 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001214 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1215 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001216 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1217 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
1219 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001220}
1221
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001222Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1223 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1224 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001226 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001227}
1228
1229/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1230/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001231bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001232 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1233 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1234 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001235 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1236 return false;
1237
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001238 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001239 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001240 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001241 if (isSizeof)
1242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1243 return false;
1244 }
1245
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001246 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001247 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1249 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001250 return false;
1251 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001253 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1254 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1255 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1256 ExprRange))
1257 return true;
1258
1259 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001260 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001262 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1263 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001264 }
1265
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001266 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001269bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1270 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1271 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001272
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001273 // alignof decl is always ok.
1274 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1275 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001276
1277 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1278 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1279 return false;
1280
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001281 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1282 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1283 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001284 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001285 return true;
1286 }
1287 // Other fields are ok.
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1292}
1293
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001294/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1295Action::OwningExprResult
1296Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1297 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1298 if (T.isNull())
1299 return ExprError();
1300
1301 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1302 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1303 return ExprError();
1304
1305 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1306 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1307 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1308 R.getEnd()));
1309}
1310
1311/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1312/// operand.
1313Action::OwningExprResult
1314Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1315 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1316 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1317 bool isInvalid = false;
1318 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1319 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1320 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1321 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1322 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1324 isInvalid = true;
1325 } else {
1326 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1327 }
1328
1329 if (isInvalid)
1330 return ExprError();
1331
1332 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1333 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1334 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1335 R.getEnd()));
1336}
1337
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001338/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1339/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1340/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001341Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001342Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1343 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001344 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001345 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001346
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001347 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001348 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1349 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1350 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001351
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001352 // Get the end location.
1353 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1354 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1355 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1356
1357 if (Result.isInvalid())
1358 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1359
1360 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001361}
1362
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001363QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001364 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1365 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001366
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001367 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001368 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1369 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001370
1371 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1372 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1373 return V->getType();
1374
1375 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1377 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001378 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001379}
1380
1381
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001382
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001383Action::OwningExprResult
1384Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1385 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1386 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001387
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001388 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1389 switch (Kind) {
1390 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1391 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1392 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1393 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001395 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1396 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1397 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001399 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1400
1401 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1402 //
1403 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1404 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1405 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1406 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1407 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1408 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1409 // argument will have value zero.
1410 Expr *Args[2] = {
1411 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001412 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1413 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001414 };
1415
1416 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1417 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001418 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001419
1420 // Perform overload resolution.
1421 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1422 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1423 case OR_Success: {
1424 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1425 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1426
1427 if (FnDecl) {
1428 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1429 // operator.
1430
1431 // Convert the arguments.
1432 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1433 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001434 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001435 } else {
1436 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001437 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001438 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1439 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001440 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001441 }
1442
1443 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001444 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1446 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001448 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001450 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001451 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1452
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001454 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1455 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1456 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001457 } else {
1458 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1459 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1460 // operator node.
1461 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1462 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001464
1465 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001466 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001467 }
1468
1469 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1470 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1471 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1472 break;
1473
1474 case OR_Ambiguous:
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1476 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1477 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1478 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001479 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001480
1481 case OR_Deleted:
1482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1483 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1484 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1485 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1486 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1491 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1492 // build a built-in operation.
1493 }
1494
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001495 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1496 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001497 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError();
1499 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001500 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001501}
1502
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503Action::OwningExprResult
1504Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1505 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1506 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1507 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001508
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001511 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1512 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1513 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1515 // to the candidate set.
1516 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1517 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001518 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1519 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001521 // Perform overload resolution.
1522 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1523 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1524 case OR_Success: {
1525 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1526 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1527
1528 if (FnDecl) {
1529 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1530 // operator.
1531
1532 // Convert the arguments.
1533 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1534 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1535 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1536 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1537 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001539 } else {
1540 // Convert the arguments.
1541 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1542 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1543 "passing") ||
1544 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1545 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1546 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001547 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001548 }
1549
1550 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001552 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1553 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001555 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001556 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1557 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001558 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1559
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 Base.release();
1561 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001562 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1563 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001564 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001565 } else {
1566 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1567 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1568 // operator node.
1569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1570 "passing") ||
1571 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1572 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001573 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001574
1575 break;
1576 }
1577 }
1578
1579 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1580 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1581 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1582 break;
1583
1584 case OR_Ambiguous:
1585 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1586 << "[]"
1587 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1588 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001590
1591 case OR_Deleted:
1592 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1593 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1594 << "[]"
1595 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1596 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1597 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001598 }
1599
1600 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1601 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1602 // build a built-in operation.
1603 }
1604
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001605 // Perform default conversions.
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001609 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1610
1611 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001612 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001613 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001614 // and index from the expression types.
1615 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1616 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001617 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1618 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1619 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1620 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1621 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001622 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001624 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001625 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001626 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1627 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1628 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001630 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1631 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001632 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001633
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001634 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1635 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001636 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1637 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1638 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1639 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1640 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1641 // force the promotion here.
1642 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1643 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1644 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1645 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1646
1647 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1648 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1649 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1650 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1651 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1652 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1653 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1654 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1655 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1656
1657 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1658 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1659 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001660 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001661 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1662 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001664 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001665 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001666 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1667 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001668
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001669 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1670 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1671 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1672 // incomplete types are not object types.
1673 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1674 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1675 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1676 return ExprError();
1677 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001678
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001679 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001680 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001681 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1682 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001683
1684 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1685 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1686 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1687 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1688 return ExprError();
1689 }
1690
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001691 Base.release();
1692 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001693 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001694 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001695}
1696
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001697QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001698CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001699 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001700 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001701
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001702 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1703 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001704
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1707 // to be selected.
1708 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001709
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001710 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1711 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1712 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001713
1714 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1715 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001716 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001717 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1718 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001719 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001720 do
1721 compStr++;
1722 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001723 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001724 do
1725 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001726 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001727 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001728
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001729 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001730 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1731 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001732 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1733 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 return QualType();
1735 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001736
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1738 // operates on.
1739 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1740 compStr = CompName.getName();
1741
1742 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001743 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001744
1745 while (*compStr) {
1746 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1747 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1748 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1749 return QualType();
1750 }
1751 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001752 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001753
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1755 // number of elements.
1756 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001757 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001758 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001759 return QualType();
1760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001761
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001762 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001763 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001764 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001765 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001766 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1768 : CompName.getLength();
1769 if (HexSwizzle)
1770 CompSize--;
1771
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001772 if (CompSize == 1)
1773 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001774
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001775 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001776 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001777 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1778 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1779 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1780 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001781 }
1782 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001783}
1784
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001785static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1786 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001787 const Selector &Sel,
1788 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001789
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001790 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001791 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001792 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001793 return OMD;
1794
1795 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1796 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001797 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1798 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001799 return D;
1800 }
1801 return 0;
1802}
1803
1804static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1805 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001806 const Selector &Sel,
1807 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001808 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1809 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1810 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1811 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001812 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001813 GDecl = PD;
1814 break;
1815 }
1816 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001817 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001818 GDecl = OMD;
1819 break;
1820 }
1821 }
1822 if (!GDecl) {
1823 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1824 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1825 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001826 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001827 if (GDecl)
1828 return GDecl;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 return GDecl;
1832}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001833
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001834/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1835/// all base class implementations.
1836///
1837ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1838 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1839 const Selector &Sel) {
1840 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001841 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1842 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001843 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001844
1845 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1846 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1847 return Method;
1848}
1849
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850Action::OwningExprResult
1851Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1852 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001853 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001854 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001855 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001856 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001857
1858 // Perform default conversions.
1859 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001861 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1862 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001864 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1865 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001866 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001867 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001868 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001869 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1871 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001872 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1874 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1875 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001876 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001877
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001878 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1879 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001880 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001881 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001882 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001883 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1884 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1885 return ExprError();
1886
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001887 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001888 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1889 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001890 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001891 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001892 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001893
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001894 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001895 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1896 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001897 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001898 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1899 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1900 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001901 }
1902
1903 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001904
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001905 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1906 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1907 // error cases.
1908 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1909 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001910
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001911 // Check the use of this field
1912 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1913 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001914
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001915 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001916 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1917 // (C++ [class.union]).
1918 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001919 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001920 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001921
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001922 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1923 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001924 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001925 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1926 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1927 else {
1928 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1929 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001930 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001931 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1932 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1933 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001934
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001935 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1936 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001937 }
1938
1939 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001940 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001941 Var, MemberLoc,
1942 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1943 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001945 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1946 MemberFn->getType()));
1947 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1948 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001949 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001950 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1951 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001952 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1953 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001954 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001955 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1956 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001957
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001958 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1959 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1960 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001961 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1962 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1963 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001964 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001965
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001966 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1967 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001968 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001969 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001970 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1971 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001972 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001973 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1974 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1975 // error cases.
1976 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1977 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001978
1979 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1980 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1981 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001982 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1983 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001984 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1985 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1986 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001987 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1988 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1989 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1990 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1991 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1992 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1993 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001994 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001995 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1996 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1997 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1998 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1999 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2000 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002001 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002002
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002003 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002004 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002005 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002006 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2007 }
2008 // @protected
2009 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2010 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2011 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002012
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002013 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002014 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002015 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002016 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002017 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2018 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2019 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002020 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002022 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2023 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2024 const PointerType *PTy;
2025 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2026 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2027 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2028 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002029
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002030 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002031 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2032 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002033 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2034 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2035 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002036
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002037 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002038 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2039 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002041 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002042 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2043 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002044 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2045 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002046 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2047 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2048 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002049
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002050 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002051 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2052 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002053
2054 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2055 // selector is implemented.
2056
2057 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2058 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2059
2060 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002061 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002062
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002063 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2064 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002065 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002066
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002067 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2068 if (!Getter) {
2069 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2070 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002071 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002072 }
2073 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002074 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002075 // Check if we can reference this property.
2076 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002078 }
2079 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2080 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2081 Selector SetterSel =
2082 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2083 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002084 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002085 if (!Setter) {
2086 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2087 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002088 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002089 }
2090 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2091 if (!Setter) {
2092 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2093 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002094 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002095 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002096 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002097
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002098 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2099 return ExprError();
2100
2101 if (Getter || Setter) {
2102 QualType PType;
2103
2104 if (Getter)
2105 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2106 else {
2107 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2108 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2109 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2110 }
2111 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2112 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2113 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2114 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2116 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002117 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002118 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2119 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2120 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2121 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002122 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002123 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002124 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002125 // Check the use of this declaration
2126 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2127 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002128
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002129 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002130 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2131 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002132 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002133 // Check the use of this method.
2134 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2135 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002136
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002138 OMD->getResultType(),
2139 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2140 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002141 }
2142 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002143
2144 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2145 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002146 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002147 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2148 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2149 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2150 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2151 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002152 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2153 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002154 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002155 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002156 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002157 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002158 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002159 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002160 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2161 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2162 Selector SetterSel =
2163 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2164 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002165 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002166 if (!Setter) {
2167 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2168 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002169 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002170 }
2171 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2172 if (!Setter) {
2173 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2174 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002175 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002176 }
2177 }
2178
2179 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2180 return ExprError();
2181
2182 if (Getter || Setter) {
2183 QualType PType;
2184
2185 if (Getter)
2186 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2187 else {
2188 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2189 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2190 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2191 }
2192 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2193 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2194 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2195 }
2196 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2197 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002198 }
2199 }
2200
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002201 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002202 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002203 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2204 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002205 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002206 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002207 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002208 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002209
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002210 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2211 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2212
2213 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2214 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2215 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2216 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2217 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2218 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2219 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2220 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2221 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2222 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2223 }
2224
2225 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002226}
2227
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002228/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2229/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2230/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2231/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2232/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2233/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002234bool
2235Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002236 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002237 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2239 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002241 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2242 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2243 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002244 bool Invalid = false;
2245
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002246 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2247 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2248 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2249 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2250 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2251 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2252 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2253 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002254 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002255 }
2256
2257 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2258 // them.
2259 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2260 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2261 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2262 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2263 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2264 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2265 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2266 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002267 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002268 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002269 }
2270 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2271 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002272
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002273 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2274 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2275 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002276
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002277 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002278 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002279 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002280
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002281 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2282 ProtoArgType,
2283 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2284 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2285 return true;
2286
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002287 // Pass the argument.
2288 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2289 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002290 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002291 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002292 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002293 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002294
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002295 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2296 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002297
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002298 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2299 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002300 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2301 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2302 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2303 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2304 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2305
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002306 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2307 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2308 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002309 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002310 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2311 }
2312 }
2313
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002314 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002315}
2316
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002317/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002318/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2319/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320Action::OwningExprResult
2321Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2322 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002323 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002324 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2325 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2326 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002327 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002328 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002329 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002330
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002332 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002333 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002334 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2335 bool Dependent = false;
2336 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2337 Dependent = true;
2338 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2339 Dependent = true;
2340
2341 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002342 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002343 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2344
2345 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2346 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2347 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2348 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2349
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002350 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002351 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2352 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2353 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002354 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2355 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 }
2357
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002358 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002359 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002360 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2361 bool ADL = true;
2362 while (true) {
2363 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2364 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2365 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002366 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002367 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002368 ADL = false;
2369 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2370 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002371 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002372 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2373 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002374 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2375 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2376 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2377 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002378 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002379 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2380 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2381 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002382 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002383 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2384 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2385 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002386 break;
2387 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002388 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002389
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002390 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2391 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002392 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002393 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2394 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002395
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002396 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002397 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002398 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002399 ADL = false;
2400
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002401 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2402 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2403 ADL = false;
2404
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002405 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002406 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2407 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002408 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2409 if (!FDecl)
2410 return ExprError();
2411
2412 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2413 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002414 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002415 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002416 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2417 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2418 false, false,
2419 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2420 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002421 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002422 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002423 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2424 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2425 Fn = NewFn;
2426 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002427 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002428
2429 // Promote the function operand.
2430 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2431
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002432 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2433 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002434 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2435 Args, NumArgs,
2436 Context.BoolTy,
2437 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002438
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002439 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2440 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2441 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2442 // have type pointer to function".
2443 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2444 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002445 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2446 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002447 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2448 } else { // This is a block call.
2449 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2450 getAsFunctionType();
2451 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002452 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002453 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2454 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2455
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002456 // Check for a valid return type
2457 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2458 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2459 FuncT->getResultType(),
2460 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2461 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2462 return ExprError();
2463
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002464 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002465 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002466
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002467 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002468 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002469 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002470 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002471 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002472 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002473
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002474 if (FDecl) {
2475 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2476 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2477 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002478 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002479 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2480 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2481 }
2482
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002483 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002484 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2485 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2486 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002487 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2488 Arg->getType(),
2489 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2490 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2491 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002492 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002493 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002494 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002495
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002496 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2497 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002498 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2499 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002501 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002502 if (FDecl)
2503 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002504
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002505 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002506}
2507
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002508Action::OwningExprResult
2509Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2510 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002511 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002512 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2513 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002514 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002515 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002516
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002517 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002518 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002519 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2520 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002521 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002522 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2523 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002524 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002525
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002526 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002527 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002528 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002529
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002530 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002531 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002532 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002533 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002534 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002535 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002536 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002537 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002538}
2539
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002540Action::OwningExprResult
2541Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002542 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2543 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2544 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002545
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002546 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002547 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002548
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002550 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002551 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002552 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002553}
2554
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002555/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002556bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002557 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2558
2559 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2560 // type needs to be scalar.
2561 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2562 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002563 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2564 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002565 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002566 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2567 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2568 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2569 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002570 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002571 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2572 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2573 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2574 // GCC cast to union extension
2575 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2576 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002577 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002578 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2579 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2580 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2581 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2582 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2583 break;
2584 }
2585 }
2586 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2587 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2588 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2589 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002590 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002591 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002592 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002593 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002595 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002596 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2597 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002598 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002599 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2600 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2601 return true;
2602 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2603 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2604 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002605 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002606 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002607 }
2608 return false;
2609}
2610
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002611bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002612 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002613
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002614 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002615 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002616 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002617 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002618 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002619 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002620 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002621 } else
2622 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002623 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002624 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002625
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002626 return false;
2627}
2628
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002629Action::OwningExprResult
2630Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2631 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2632 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2633 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002634
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002635 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002636 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2637
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002638 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002639 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002640 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002641 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002642}
2643
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002644/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2645/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002646/// C99 6.5.15
2647QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2648 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002649 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2651 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2652
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002653 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2654 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2655 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2656 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2657 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2658 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002659
2660 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002661 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2662 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2663 << CondTy;
2664 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002665 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002666
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002667 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002668
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002669 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2670 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002671 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2672 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2673 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002674 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002675
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002676 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2677 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002678 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2679 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002680 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002681 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002682 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002683 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002684 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002685 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002686
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002687 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002688 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002689 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2690 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2691 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2692 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2693 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2694 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2695 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2696 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2697 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002698 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002699 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002700 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2701 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002702 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2703 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2704 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2705 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2706 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002707 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002708 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2709 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2710 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2711 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2712 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002713 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002715 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2716 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002717 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2718 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002719 // get the "pointed to" types
2720 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2721 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002722
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002723 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2724 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002725 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002726 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2727 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002728 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2730 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002731 return destType;
2732 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002733 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002734 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002735 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002736 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2737 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002738 return destType;
2739 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002740
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002741 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002742 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002743 return LHSTy;
2744 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002745
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002746 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002747
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002748 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2749 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002750 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002751 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002752 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2753 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2754 // type. This allows
2755 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2756 // where B is a subclass of A.
2757 //
2758 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2759 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2760 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2761 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2762
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002763 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002764 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002765 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2766 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2767 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2768 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002769 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002770 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002771 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002772 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002773 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2774 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002775 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2776 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002777 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002778 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002779 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002780 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002781 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2782 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002783 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002784 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002785 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002786 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002787 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2788 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002789 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2790 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2791 // to get a consistent AST.
2792 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002793 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2794 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002795 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002796 }
2797 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002798 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2799 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2800 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2801 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002802 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002803 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002804 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2805 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002806 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002807 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002808 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002810 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2811 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2812 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2813 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2814 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2815 return RHSTy;
2816 }
2817 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2818 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2819 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2820 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2821 return LHSTy;
2822 }
2823
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002824 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2825 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2826 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2827 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002829 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2830 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002831 // id with statically typed objects).
2832 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002833 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2834 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2835 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002836 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002837 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002838 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2839 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2840 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002841 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2842 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2843 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2844 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2845 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2846 // cases. Investigate.
2847 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002848 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2849 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002850 return compositeType;
2851 }
2852 }
2853
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002854 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002855 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2856 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002857 return QualType();
2858}
2859
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002860/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002861/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002862Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2863 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2864 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2865 ExprArg RHS) {
2866 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2867 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002868
2869 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2870 // was the condition.
2871 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2872 if (isLHSNull)
2873 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002874
2875 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002876 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2877 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002878 return ExprError();
2879
2880 Cond.release();
2881 LHS.release();
2882 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002883 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002884 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2885 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002886}
2887
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002888
2889// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002891// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2892// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2893// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002894Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002895Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2896 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002897
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002898 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002899 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2900 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002901
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002902 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002903 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2904 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002905
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002906 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907
2908 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2909 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2910 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002911 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002912 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002913 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002914
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2916 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002917 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002918 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002919 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002920 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002921
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002922 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002923 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2924 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002925 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002927 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002928 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002929 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002930
2931 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002932 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2933 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002934 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002935 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002936 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002937 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2938 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2939 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2940 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2941 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2942 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2943 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2944 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2945 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2946 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2947 }
2948 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2949 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2950 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2951 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2952 }
2953 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2954 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2955 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2956 // warning can be disabled.
2957 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2958 return ConvTy;
2959 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2960 }
2961 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2962 return IncompatiblePointer;
2963 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002964 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002965}
2966
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002967/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2968/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2969/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2970// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002971Sema::AssignConvertType
2972Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002973 QualType rhsType) {
2974 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002975
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002976 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2977 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002978 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2979
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002980 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2981 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2982 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002983
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002984 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002985
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002986 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2987 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2988 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002989
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002990 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002991 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002992 return ConvTy;
2993}
2994
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002995/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2996/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002997/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2998///
2999/// int a, *pint;
3000/// short *pshort;
3001/// struct foo *pfoo;
3002///
3003/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3004/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3005/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3006/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3007///
3008/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003009/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003010///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003011Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003012Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003013 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3014 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003015 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3016 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003017
3018 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003019 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003020
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003021 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3022 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3023 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3024 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3025 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3026 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3027 // type.
3028 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3029 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003030 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003031 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003032 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003033
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003034 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3035 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003036 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003037 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3038 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3039 return IntToPointer;
3040 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3041 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003042 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003043 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003044
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003045 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003046 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003047 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3048 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003049 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003050
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003051 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003053 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003054 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3055 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003056 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003057 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003058 }
3059 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003060 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003061
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003062 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003063 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003064
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003065 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003066 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003067 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003068
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003069 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003070 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003071
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003072 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003073 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003074 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003075
3076 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3077 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3078 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3079 return Compatible;
3080 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003081 return Incompatible;
3082 }
3083
3084 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3085 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003086 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003087
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003088 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3089 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3090 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3091 return Compatible;
3092
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003093 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3094 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003095
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003096 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3097 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003098 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003099 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003100 return Incompatible;
3101 }
3102
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003103 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003104 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003105 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3106 return Compatible;
3107
3108 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003109 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003110
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003111 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003112 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113
3114 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003115 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003116 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003117 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003118 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003119
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003120 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003121 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123 }
3124 return Incompatible;
3125}
3126
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003127Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003128Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003129 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3130 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3131 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3132 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3133 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003134 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3135 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003136 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003137 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003138 }
3139
3140 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3141 // structures.
3142 }
3143
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003144 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3145 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003146 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3147 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003148 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003149 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003150 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003151 return Compatible;
3152 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003154 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003155 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003156 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003157 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003158 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003159 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003160 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3161 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003162
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003163 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3164 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003165
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003166 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3167 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003168 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3169 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3170 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3171 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003172 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003173 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003174 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003175}
3176
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003177Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003178Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3179 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3180}
3181
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003182QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003183 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003184 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003185 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003186 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003187}
3188
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003189inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003190 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003191 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003192 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003193 QualType lhsType =
3194 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3195 QualType rhsType =
3196 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003198 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003199 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003200 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003201
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003202 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3203 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003204 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3205 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3206 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003207 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3208 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003209 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003210 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003211 }
3212 }
3213 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003214
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003215 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3216 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003217 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003218 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003219
3220 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003221 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3222 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003223 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003224 return lhsType;
3225 }
3226 }
3227
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003228 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003229 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003230 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003231 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3232
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003233 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003234 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3235 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003236 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003237 return rhsType;
3238 }
3239 }
3240
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003241 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003242 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003243 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003244 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003245 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003246}
3247
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003248inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003249 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003250{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003251 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003252 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003254 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003255
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003256 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003257 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003258 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003259}
3260
3261inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003262 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003263{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003264 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3265 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3266 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3267 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3268 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003269
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003270 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003271
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003272 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003273 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003274 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003275}
3276
3277inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003278 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003279{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003280 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3281 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3282 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3283 return compType;
3284 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003285
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003286 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003287
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003288 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003289 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3290 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3291 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003292 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003293 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003294
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003295 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3296 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3297 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3298 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3299
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003300 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003301 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003302 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3303 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3304 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003307 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003308 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003309 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003310
3311 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3312 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3313 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003314 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003315 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3316 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3317 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3318 return QualType();
3319 }
3320
3321 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3322 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3323 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3324 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003325 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003326 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003327 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3328 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003329 return QualType();
3330
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003331 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3332 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3334 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3335 return QualType();
3336 }
3337
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003338 if (CompLHSTy) {
3339 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3340 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3341 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3342 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3343 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003344 return PExp->getType();
3345 }
3346 }
3347
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003348 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349}
3350
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003351// C99 6.5.6
3352QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003353 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3354 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3355 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3356 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3357 return compType;
3358 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003360 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003362 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003363
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003364 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003365 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3366 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003367 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003368 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003369
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003370 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3371 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003372 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003373
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003374 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003375
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003376 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3377 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3378 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3379 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3380 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3381 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3382 return QualType();
3383 }
3384
3385 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3386 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3387 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3388 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3389 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003390 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003391 return QualType();
3392 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003393
3394 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3395 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3396 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3397 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3398 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3399 lex->getSourceRange(),
3400 SourceRange(),
3401 lex->getType()))
3402 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003403
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003404 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3405 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3406 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3407 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3408 return QualType();
3409 }
3410
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003411 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003412 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3413 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3414 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3415 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3416 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3417 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3418 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3419 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3420
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003421 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003422 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003423 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003424
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003425 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3426 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003427 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003428
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003429 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3430 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3431 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3432 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3434 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3435 return QualType();
3436 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003438 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3439 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3440 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3441 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003442 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003443 return QualType();
3444 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003445
3446 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3447 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3448 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3449 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3450 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3451 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3452 rex->getSourceRange(),
3453 SourceRange(),
3454 rex->getType()))
3455 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003456
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003457 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003458 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003459 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003460 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003461 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003462 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003463 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003464 return QualType();
3465 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003467 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3468 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3469 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3470 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3471 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3472 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3473 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003474
3475 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003476 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3477 }
3478 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003480 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003481}
3482
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003483// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003484QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003485 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003486 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3487 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003488 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003489
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003490 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3491 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003492 QualType LHSTy;
3493 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3494 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3495 else
3496 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003497 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003498 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3499
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003500 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003501
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003502 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003503 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003504}
3505
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003506// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003507QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003508 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3509 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3510
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003511 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003512 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003513
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003514 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003515 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3516 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3517 else {
3518 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3519 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3520 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003521 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3522 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003523
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003524 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003525 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3526 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3527 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003528 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3529 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003530 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3531 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3532 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3533 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003534 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3535 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003536 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003537
3538 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3539 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3540 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3541 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3542
3543 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3544 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003545 Expr *literalString = 0;
3546 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003547 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003548 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3549 literalString = lex;
3550 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3551 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003552 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3553 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003554 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3555 literalString = rex;
3556 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3557 }
3558
3559 if (literalString) {
3560 std::string resultComparison;
3561 switch (Opc) {
3562 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3563 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3564 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3565 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3566 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3567 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3568 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3569 }
3570 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3571 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3572 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003573 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3574 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3575 "strcmp(")
3576 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3577 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003578 resultComparison);
3579 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003580 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003581
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003582 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003583 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003584
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003585 if (isRelational) {
3586 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003587 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003588 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003589 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003590 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003591 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003592 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003593 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003594
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003595 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003596 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003597 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003598
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003599 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3600 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003601
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003602 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3603 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3604 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003605 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003606 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003607 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003608 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003609 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003610
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003611 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003612 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3613 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003614 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003615 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003616 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003617 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003618 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003619 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003620 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003621 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003622 // Handle block pointer types.
3623 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3624 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3625 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003626
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003627 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3628 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003630 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003631 }
3632 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003633 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003634 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003635 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3636 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3637 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3638 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003640 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003641 }
3642 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003643 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003644 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003645
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003646 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003647 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003648 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3649 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003651 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003653 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003655 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3656 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003657 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003658 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003659 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003660 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003661 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003662 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003663 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003664 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003665 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3666 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003667 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003668 } else {
3669 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003670 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003671 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003672 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003673 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003674 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003675 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003676 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003678 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003679 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003680 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003681 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003682 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003683 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003684 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003686 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003687 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003688 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003689 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003690 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003691 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003692 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003693 // Handle block pointers.
3694 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3695 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003696 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003697 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003698 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003699 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003700 }
3701 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3702 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003703 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003704 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003705 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003706 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003707 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003708 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003709}
3710
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003711/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003713/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3714/// types.
3715QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003716 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003717 bool isRelational) {
3718 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3719 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003720 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003721 if (vType.isNull())
3722 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003723
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003724 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3725 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003726
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003727 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3728 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3729 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3730 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3731 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3732 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3733 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003735 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003736
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003737 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3738 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3739 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003740 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003741 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003742
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003743 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3744 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3745 if (1) {
3746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3747 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3748 return QualType();
3749 }
3750
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003751 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3752 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3753 // elements for floating point vectors.
3754 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3755 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003757 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003758 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003759 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003760 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003761 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003762 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3763
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003765 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003766 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3767}
3768
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003769inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003770 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003771{
3772 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003773 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003774
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003775 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003776
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003777 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003778 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003779 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003780}
3781
3782inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003784{
3785 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3786 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003788 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003789 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003790 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003791}
3792
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003793/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3794/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3795/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3796///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003797static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003798{
3799 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3800 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3801 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3802 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3803 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003805 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3806 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3807 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3808 return true;
3809 }
3810 }
3811 return false;
3812}
3813
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003814/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3815/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3816static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003817 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3818 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3819 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003820 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3821 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003822 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3823 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003824
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003825 unsigned Diag = 0;
3826 bool NeedType = false;
3827 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3828 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3829 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003830 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003831 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3832 NeedType = true;
3833 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003834 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003835 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3836 NeedType = true;
3837 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003838 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003839 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3840 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003841 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003842 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3843 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003844 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3845 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003846 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003847 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3848 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003849 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003850 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3851 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003852 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003853 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3854 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003855 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3856 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3857 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003858 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3859 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3860 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003861 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003862
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003863 SourceRange Assign;
3864 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3865 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003866 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003867 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003868 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003869 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003870 return true;
3871}
3872
3873
3874
3875// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003876QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3877 SourceLocation Loc,
3878 QualType CompoundType) {
3879 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3880 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003881 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003882
3883 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3884 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003885
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003886 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003887 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003888 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003889 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003890 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3891 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3892 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3893 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3894 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3895 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3896 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003898 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3899 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3900 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003901 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003902 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3903 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3904 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3905 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3906 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003907 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003908 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003909 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3910 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3911 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003912 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3913 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003914 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3915 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3916 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003917 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003918 }
3919 } else {
3920 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003921 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003922 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003923
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003924 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3925 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003926 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003927
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003928 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3929 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003930 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003931 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3932 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003933 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3934 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003935 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003936}
3937
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003938// C99 6.5.17
3939QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003940 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003941 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003942
3943 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3944 // incomplete in C++).
3945
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003946 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003947}
3948
3949/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3950/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003951QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3952 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003953 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3954 return Context.DependentTy;
3955
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003956 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3957 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003958
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3960 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3961 if (!isInc) {
3962 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3963 return QualType();
3964 }
3965 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3966 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3967 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003968 // OK!
3969 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3970 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003971 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003972 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3973 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3974 << Op->getSourceRange();
3975 return QualType();
3976 }
3977
3978 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003979 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003980 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003981 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3982 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3983 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3984 return QualType();
3985 }
3986
3987 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003988 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003989 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3990 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3991 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3992 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003993 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003994 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3995 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3996 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003997 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003998 } else {
3999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004000 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004001 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004002 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004003 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004004 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004005 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004006 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004007 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004008}
4009
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004010/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004011/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004012/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4013/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4014/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4015/// - &(x) => x
4016/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4017/// - &s.xx => s
4018/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4019/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4020/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4021/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004022static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004023 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004024 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004025 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004026 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004027 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004028 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4029 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4030 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004031 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004032 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004033 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004034 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004035 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004036 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4037 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4038 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4039 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4040 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4041 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4042 }
4043 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004044 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004045 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4046 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004048 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004049 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4050 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4051 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4052 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4053 default:
4054 return 0;
4055 }
4056 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004057 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004058 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004059 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004060 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4061 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004062 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004063 default:
4064 return 0;
4065 }
4066}
4067
4068/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004070/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004072/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004074/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004075QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004076 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4077 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4078
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004079 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4080 return Context.DependentTy;
4081
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004082 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4083 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4084 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4085 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4086 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4087 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4088 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4089 }
4090 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4091 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4092 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004093 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004094 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004095
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004096 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004097 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmane730abe2009-04-28 17:59:09 +00004098 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004099 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004100 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4101 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004102 return QualType();
4103 }
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004104 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4105 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4106 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4107 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004108 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004109 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4110 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004111 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004112 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004113 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004114 return QualType();
4115 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004117 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4118 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4119 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004120 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4121 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004122 return QualType();
4123 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004124 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004125 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004126 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4127 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004128 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4129 // scope qualifier for the class.
4130 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4131 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4132 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4133 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4134 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4135 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004136 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4137 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004138 // As above.
4139 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4140 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4141 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4142 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4143 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4144 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004145 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004146 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004147 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004148 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004149
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004150 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4151 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4152}
4153
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004154QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004155 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4156 return Context.DependentTy;
4157
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004158 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4159 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004160
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004161 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4162 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4163 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4164 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4165 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004166 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004167
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004168 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004169 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004170 return QualType();
4171}
4172
4173static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4174 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4175 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4176 switch (Kind) {
4177 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004178 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4179 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004180 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4181 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4182 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4183 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4184 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4185 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4186 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4187 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4188 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4189 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4190 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4191 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4192 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4193 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4194 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4195 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4196 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4197 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4198 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4199 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4200 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4201 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4202 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4203 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4204 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4205 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4206 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4207 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4208 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4209 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4210 }
4211 return Opc;
4212}
4213
4214static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4215 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4216 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4217 switch (Kind) {
4218 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4219 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4220 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4221 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4222 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4223 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4224 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4225 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4226 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004227 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4228 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4229 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4230 }
4231 return Opc;
4232}
4233
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004234/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4235/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4236/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004237Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4238 unsigned Op,
4239 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004240 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004241 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004242 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4243 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4244 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004245
4246 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004247 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4248 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4249 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004250 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4251 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4252 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4253 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4254 break;
4255 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004256 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4257 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4258 break;
4259 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4260 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4261 break;
4262 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4263 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4264 break;
4265 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4266 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4267 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004268 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004269 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4270 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4271 break;
4272 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4273 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4274 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4275 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004276 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004277 break;
4278 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4279 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004280 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004281 break;
4282 case BinaryOperator::And:
4283 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4284 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4285 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4286 break;
4287 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4288 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4289 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4290 break;
4291 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4292 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004293 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4294 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4295 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4296 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004297 break;
4298 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004299 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4300 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4301 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4302 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004303 break;
4304 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004305 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4306 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4307 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004308 break;
4309 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004310 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4311 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4312 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004313 break;
4314 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4315 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004316 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4317 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4318 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4319 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004320 break;
4321 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4322 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4323 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004324 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4325 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4326 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4327 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004328 break;
4329 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4330 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4331 break;
4332 }
4333 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004334 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004335 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004336 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4337 else
4338 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004339 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4340 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004341}
4342
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004343// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004344Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4345 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4346 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004347 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004348 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004349
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004350 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4351 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004352
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004353 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4354 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4355 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4356 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4357 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4358 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4359 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004360 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004361 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4362 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4363 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4364 Functions);
4365 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4366 DeclarationName OpName
4367 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4368 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004369 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004370
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004371 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4372 // binary operation.
4373 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004374 }
4375
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004376 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4377 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004378}
4379
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004380Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4381 unsigned OpcIn,
4382 ExprArg InputArg) {
4383 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004384
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004385 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4386 // appropriately.
4387 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004388 QualType resultType;
4389 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004390 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4391 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4392 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4393 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4394 break;
4395
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4397 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004398 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4399 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004400 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004402 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4403 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004405 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004406 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4407 break;
4408 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4409 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4410 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4411 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004412 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4413 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004414 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4415 break;
4416 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4417 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4418 break;
4419 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4420 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4421 resultType->isPointerType())
4422 break;
4423
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004424 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4425 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004426 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4427 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4428 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004429 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4430 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004431 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4432 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4433 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004434 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004435 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004436 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004437 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4438 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004439 break;
4440 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4441 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4442 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4443 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004444 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4445 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004446 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004447 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4448 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004449 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004450 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4451 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004452 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004453 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004454 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004455 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004456 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004457 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004458 resultType = Input->getType();
4459 break;
4460 }
4461 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004462 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004463
4464 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004465 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004466}
4467
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004468// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4469Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4470 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4471 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4472 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4473
4474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4475 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4476 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4477 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4478 // the arguments.
4479 FunctionSet Functions;
4480 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4481 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4482 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4483 Functions);
4484 DeclarationName OpName
4485 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4486 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4487 }
4488
4489 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4490 }
4491
4492 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4493}
4494
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004495/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004496Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4497 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4498 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004499 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004500 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004501
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004502 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4503 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004504 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004505 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004506
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004507 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004508 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4509 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004510}
4511
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004512Sema::OwningExprResult
4513Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4514 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4515 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004516 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4517 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4518
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004519 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004520 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004521 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004522
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004523 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4524 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4525 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004527 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4528 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4529 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004531 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4532 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4533 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4534 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4535 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004537 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004538 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004539 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004541 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4542 // expressions are not lvalues.
4543
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004544 substmt.release();
4545 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004546}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004547
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004548Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4549 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4550 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4551 TypeTy *argty,
4552 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4553 unsigned NumComponents,
4554 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4555 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4556 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004557 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4558 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004559
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004560 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4561
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004562 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4563 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4564 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004565 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004566 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004567
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004568 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4569 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004570
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004571 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4572 // the offsetof designators.
4573 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4574 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004575 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004576 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004577
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004578 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4579 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004580 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4581 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004582 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004583 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4584 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004585
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004586 if (!Dependent) {
4587 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4588 // leaks like a sieve.
4589 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4590 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4591 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4592 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4593 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4594 if (!AT) {
4595 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004596 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4597 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004598 }
4599
4600 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4601
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004602 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4603 // expression.
4604 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4605
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004606 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4607 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004608 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004609 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004610 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004611 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004612 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004613
4614 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4615 OC.LocEnd);
4616 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004617 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004619 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4620 if (!RC) {
4621 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004622 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4623 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004624 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004625
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004626 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4627 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4628 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4629 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4630 LookupMemberName)
4631 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004632 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004633 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004634 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4635 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004637 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4638 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004639 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
4640 Res = static_cast<Expr*>(BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4641 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).release());
4642 } else {
4643 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4644 // doesn't matter here.
4645 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4646 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4647 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004648 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004649 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004650
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004651 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4652 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004653}
4654
4655
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004656Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4657 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4658 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004659 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4660 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004661
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004662 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004664 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4665 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004666}
4667
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004668Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4669 ExprArg cond,
4670 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4671 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4672 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4673 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4674 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004675
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004676 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4677
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004678 QualType resType;
4679 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4680 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4681 } else {
4682 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4683 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4684 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4685 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004686 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4687 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4688 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004689
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004690 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4691 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4692 }
4693
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004694 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4695 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4696 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004697}
4698
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004699//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4700// Clang Extensions.
4701//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4702
4703/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004704void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004705 // Analyze block parameters.
4706 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004707
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004708 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4709 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4710 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004711
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004712 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4713 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004714 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004715 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4716 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004717
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004718 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004719 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004720}
4721
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004722void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4723 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4724
4725 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4726 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4727 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4728
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00004729 if (T->isArrayType()) {
4730 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4731 diag::err_block_returns_array);
4732 return;
4733 }
4734
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004735 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4736 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4737 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4738
4739 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4740 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004741
4742 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4743
4744 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4745 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4746 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4747 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4748 return;
4749 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004750 return;
4751 }
4752
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004753 // Analyze arguments to block.
4754 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4755 "Not a function declarator!");
4756 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004758 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4759 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004761 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4762 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4763 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4764 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004765 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4766 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004767 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004768 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004769 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004771 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004772 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004773 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004774 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004775 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump115a0722009-04-29 19:03:13 +00004776 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004777
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004778 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4779 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4780 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4781 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4782 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004783
4784 // Analyze the return type.
4785 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4786 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4787
4788 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4789 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4790 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4791 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4792 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4793 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004794}
4795
4796/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4797/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4798void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4799 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4800 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004801
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004802 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4803
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004804 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00004805 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004806 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004807 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004808}
4809
4810/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4811/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004812Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4813 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004814 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4815 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4816 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4817
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004818 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4819 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004820
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004821 PopDeclContext();
4822
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004823 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4824 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004826 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4827 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4828 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004830 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4832 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004833
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004834 QualType BlockTy;
4835 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004836 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004837 else
4838 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004839 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004840
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004841 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4842
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004843 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004844
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004845 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4846 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4847 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4848 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4849
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004850 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4851 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4852 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004853}
4854
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004855Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4856 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4857 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004858 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004859 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4860 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4861
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004862 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004863
4864 // Get the va_list type
4865 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4866 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4867 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4868 // a pointer for va_arg.
4869 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4870 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004871 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4872 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004873
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004874 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004875 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4876 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004877 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004878 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004880 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004881 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004883 expr.release();
4884 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4885 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004886}
4887
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004888Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004889 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4890 // pointers on the target.
4891 QualType Ty;
4892 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4893 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4894 else
4895 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4896
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004897 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004898}
4899
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004900bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4901 SourceLocation Loc,
4902 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4903 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4904 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4905 bool isInvalid = false;
4906 unsigned DiagKind;
4907 switch (ConvTy) {
4908 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4909 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004910 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004911 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4912 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004913 case IntToPointer:
4914 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4915 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004916 case IncompatiblePointer:
4917 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4918 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004919 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4920 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4921 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004922 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4923 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4924 break;
4925 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004926 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4927 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4928 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4929 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4930 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4931 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4932 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4933 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4934 // C++ semantics.
4935 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4936 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4937 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004938 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4939 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004940 case IntToBlockPointer:
4941 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4942 break;
4943 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00004944 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004945 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004946 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004948 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4949 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4950 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004951 case IncompatibleVectors:
4952 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4953 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004954 case Incompatible:
4955 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4956 isInvalid = true;
4957 break;
4958 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004959
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004960 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4961 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004962 return isInvalid;
4963}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004964
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00004965bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00004966 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
4967 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
4968 if (Result)
4969 *Result = ICEResult;
4970 return false;
4971 }
4972
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004973 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4974
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004976 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4977 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4978
4979 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4980 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4981 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4982 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4983 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4984 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4985 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004986
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004987 return true;
4988 }
4989
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00004990 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4991 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004992
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00004993 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
4994 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4995 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004996
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004997 if (Result)
4998 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4999 return false;
5000}